1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 typedef enum split16_format_type
47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
65 /* For old-style PLT. */
66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
104 0x60000000, /* nop */
105 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
119 0x60000000, /* nop */
120 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
129 0x60000000, /* nop */
130 0x60000000, /* nop */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
146 /* Some instructions. */
147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
155 #define BA 0x48000002
156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
176 #define NOP 0x60000000
177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
190 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
191 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
192 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
193 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
194 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
195 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
196 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
197 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
198 complain, special_func) \
199 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
200 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
201 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
203 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
205 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
206 /* This reloc does nothing. */
207 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
208 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
210 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
211 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
212 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
214 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
215 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
216 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
217 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
219 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
220 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
221 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
223 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
224 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
225 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
227 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
228 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
229 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
231 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
232 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
233 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
234 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
236 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
237 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
238 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
239 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
241 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
242 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
243 bits must be zero. */
244 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
245 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
247 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
248 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
249 two bits must be zero. */
250 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
251 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
253 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
254 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
255 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
257 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
258 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
259 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
261 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
262 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
264 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
265 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
267 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
268 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
270 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
271 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
273 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
275 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
276 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
278 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
280 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
281 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
283 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
285 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
286 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
288 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
290 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
291 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
293 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
294 entry for the symbol. */
295 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
296 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
298 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
299 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
300 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
301 shared library into the object, because the object being
302 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
303 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
304 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
306 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
308 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
309 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
311 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
312 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
313 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
315 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
316 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
318 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
321 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
322 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
323 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
324 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
328 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
332 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* 32-bit PC relative */
336 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
339 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
340 FIXME: not supported. */
341 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
342 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
344 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
345 FIXME: not supported. */
346 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
347 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
349 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
351 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
352 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
354 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
356 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
357 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
359 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
361 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
362 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
364 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
366 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
367 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
369 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
370 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
371 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
373 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
374 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
375 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
377 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
378 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
379 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
381 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
382 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
383 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
385 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
386 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
387 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
396 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
397 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
403 definition of its TLS sym. */
404 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
405 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
407 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
408 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
409 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
410 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
411 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
413 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
414 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
415 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
417 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
418 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
419 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
422 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
423 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
425 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
426 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
427 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
429 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
430 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
431 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
432 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
434 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
435 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
436 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
438 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
439 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
440 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
442 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
443 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
444 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
447 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
448 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
450 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
451 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
452 to the first entry. */
453 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
457 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
458 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
460 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
461 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
462 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
464 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
465 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
466 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
469 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
471 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
472 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
474 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
475 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
476 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
478 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
479 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
480 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
482 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
483 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
484 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
486 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
487 the offset to the entry. */
488 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
489 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
491 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
492 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
493 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
495 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
496 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
497 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
499 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
500 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
501 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
503 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
504 offset to the entry. */
505 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
506 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
508 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
509 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
510 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
512 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
513 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
514 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
516 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
517 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
518 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
520 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
521 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
523 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
524 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
525 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
527 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
528 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
529 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
531 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
532 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
533 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
535 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
536 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
537 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
539 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
540 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
542 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
543 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
546 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
547 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
548 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
549 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
551 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
552 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
553 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
554 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
555 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
557 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
559 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
560 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
563 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
564 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
565 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
566 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
568 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
575 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
576 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
577 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
578 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
579 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
581 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
582 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
583 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
585 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
586 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
587 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
589 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
590 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
591 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
593 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
594 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
595 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
597 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
598 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
599 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
601 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
602 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
603 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
605 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
606 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
607 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
609 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
610 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
611 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
613 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
614 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
615 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
617 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
618 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
619 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
620 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
621 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
623 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
624 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
625 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
627 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
628 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
629 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
631 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
632 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
635 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
636 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
637 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
639 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
640 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
641 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
643 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
644 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
645 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
647 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
648 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
649 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
651 /* e_li split20 format. */
652 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
653 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
655 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
659 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
660 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
662 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
664 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
666 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
667 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
668 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
670 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
671 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
672 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
673 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
675 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
676 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
677 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
679 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
680 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
681 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
683 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
684 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
687 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
688 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
691 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
692 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
693 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
696 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
701 unsigned int i
, type
;
704 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
707 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
708 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
709 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
711 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
715 static reloc_howto_type
*
716 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
717 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
719 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
721 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
722 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
723 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
730 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
731 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
732 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
734 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
747 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
760 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
765 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
772 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
835 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
853 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
862 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
865 static reloc_howto_type
*
866 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
872 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
874 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
875 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
876 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
881 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
886 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
890 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
891 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
892 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
894 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
895 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
904 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
906 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
907 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
908 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
921 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
923 static bfd_reloc_status_type
924 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
925 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
928 asection
*input_section
,
930 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
934 bfd_size_type octets
;
937 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
939 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
943 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
944 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
945 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
946 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
949 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
950 value
= symbol
->value
;
951 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
952 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
953 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
954 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
955 + input_section
->output_offset
956 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
959 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
960 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
962 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
963 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
967 static bfd_reloc_status_type
968 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
969 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
972 asection
*input_section
,
974 char **error_message
)
976 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
977 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
979 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
980 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
981 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
983 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
986 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
987 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
988 *error_message
= buf
;
990 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
993 /* Sections created by the linker. */
995 typedef struct elf_linker_section
997 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 /* Associated bss section name. */
1002 const char *bss_name
;
1003 /* Associated symbol name. */
1004 const char *sym_name
;
1005 /* Associated symbol. */
1006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1007 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1009 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1010 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1011 based on different addend's. */
1013 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1015 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1016 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1017 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 /* which linker section this is */
1022 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1023 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1025 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1027 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1029 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1030 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1031 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1033 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1034 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1035 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1038 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1039 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1041 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1042 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1044 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1045 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1046 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1048 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1051 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1053 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1057 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1060 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1062 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1064 unsigned char *contents
;
1066 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1067 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1070 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1071 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1074 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1079 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1080 if (s
!= NULL
&& bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1082 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1085 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1087 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1090 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1091 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1093 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1097 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1098 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1099 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1103 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1104 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1105 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1106 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1110 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1121 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1123 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1125 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1126 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1128 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1135 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1136 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1139 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1141 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1144 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1146 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1148 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1150 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1151 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1152 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1155 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1158 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1161 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1163 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1164 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1166 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1167 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1171 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1174 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1179 switch (note
->descsz
)
1184 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1186 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1189 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1198 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1199 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1200 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1204 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1206 switch (note
->descsz
)
1211 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1212 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1213 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1214 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1215 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1217 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1220 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1221 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1222 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1225 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1226 int n
= strlen (command
);
1228 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1229 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1236 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1245 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1248 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1249 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1250 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1251 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1253 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1254 -Wstringop-truncation:
1255 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1259 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1260 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1264 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1265 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1276 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1277 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1278 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1279 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1280 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1281 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1282 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1283 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1284 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1286 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1287 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1293 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1296 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1303 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1306 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1307 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1310 return rel
->address
;
1313 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1314 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1318 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1319 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1326 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1329 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1330 flags
= bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
);
1331 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1332 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1334 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1335 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1337 bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
);
1341 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1344 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1345 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1348 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1349 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1354 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1355 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1358 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1359 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1364 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1365 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1368 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1369 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1375 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1378 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1379 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1381 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1383 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1384 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1385 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1386 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1387 We maintain the original output section order. */
1389 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1391 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1394 unsigned int p_flags
;
1396 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1399 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1401 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1403 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1406 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1407 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1412 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1414 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1416 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1418 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1421 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1422 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1426 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1428 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1429 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1430 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1431 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1432 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1434 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1435 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1440 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1441 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1442 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1444 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1445 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1446 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1450 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1451 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1452 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1453 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1455 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1463 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1464 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1465 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1468 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1470 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1471 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1472 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1473 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1474 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1475 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1479 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1482 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1483 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1486 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1487 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1489 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1491 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1492 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1495 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1499 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1500 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1504 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1507 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1508 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1510 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1511 unsigned long value
;
1515 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1516 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1519 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1522 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1526 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1528 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1530 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1532 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1534 entry
= entry
->next
;
1537 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1541 entry
->value
= value
;
1547 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1549 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1550 unsigned long count
;
1552 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1554 entry
= entry
->next
)
1560 static inline unsigned long
1561 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1563 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1567 entry
= entry
->next
)
1570 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1574 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1576 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1578 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1580 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1588 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1589 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1592 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1596 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1597 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1599 unsigned long length
;
1600 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1602 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1605 apuinfo_list_init ();
1607 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1608 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1610 unsigned long datum
;
1612 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1616 /* xgettext:c-format */
1617 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1618 length
= asec
->size
;
1623 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1627 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1628 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1633 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1634 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1636 /* xgettext:c-format */
1637 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1641 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1642 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1643 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1644 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1645 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1648 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1652 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1655 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1656 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1657 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1660 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1661 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1662 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1665 error_message
= NULL
;
1669 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1670 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1672 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1673 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1675 if (asec
&& ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1678 /* xgettext:c-format */
1679 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1688 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1691 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1692 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1695 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1696 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1698 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1700 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1703 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1706 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1711 unsigned num_entries
;
1712 bfd_size_type length
;
1714 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1721 length
= asec
->size
;
1725 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1729 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1733 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1734 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1735 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1736 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1737 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1738 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1741 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1743 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1747 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1748 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1750 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1751 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1755 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1759 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1761 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1763 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1766 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1767 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1768 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1769 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1773 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1775 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1776 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1777 && section
->vma
<= vma
1778 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1782 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1783 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1786 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1787 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1788 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1789 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1793 long count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1800 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1803 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1806 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1810 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1814 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1815 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1816 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1817 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1819 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1820 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1821 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1822 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1824 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1826 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1828 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1831 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1832 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1835 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1836 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1838 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1839 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1841 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1844 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1846 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1847 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1849 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1850 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1851 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1858 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1861 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1862 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1868 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1869 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1870 glink stubs now reside. */
1871 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1875 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1876 from the first glink stub. */
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1878 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1880 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1882 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1884 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1885 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1887 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1888 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1890 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1891 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1893 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1895 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1900 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1901 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1902 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1903 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1904 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1905 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1906 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1907 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1908 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1909 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1911 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1914 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1915 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1918 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1919 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1920 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1922 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1924 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1927 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1930 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1932 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1936 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1937 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1938 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1939 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1943 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1944 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1946 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1947 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1948 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1949 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1950 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1951 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1953 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1956 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1957 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1961 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1962 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1963 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1964 names
+= strlen (names
);
1966 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1967 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1972 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1973 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1975 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1977 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1979 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1980 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
1986 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
1987 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1989 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1991 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1993 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
1994 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2002 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2003 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2004 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2005 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2006 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2009 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2010 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2013 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2015 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2016 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2017 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2018 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2019 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2022 /* The .got2 section. */
2025 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2028 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2032 /* .glink stub offset. */
2033 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2036 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2037 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2038 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2041 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2042 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2047 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2048 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2049 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2050 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2055 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2056 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2062 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2063 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2064 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2065 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2066 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2067 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2071 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2072 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2073 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2075 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2077 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2078 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2080 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2082 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2085 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2086 unsigned int count
: 31;
2088 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2089 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2092 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2094 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2096 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2098 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2099 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2100 from the beginning of the section. */
2101 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2103 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2104 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
2106 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2107 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2108 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2109 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2110 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2111 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2112 set TLS_TPRELGD when a GD reloc turns into a TPREL one. We use a
2113 separate flag rather than setting TPREL just for convenience in
2114 distinguishing the two cases.
2115 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2116 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2117 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2118 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2119 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2120 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2121 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2122 #define TLS_TPRELGD 64 /* TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2123 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2125 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2126 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2127 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2128 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2129 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2131 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2133 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2135 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2136 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2137 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2140 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2142 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2144 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2146 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2148 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2149 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2151 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2155 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2157 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2159 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2161 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2164 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2165 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2167 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2170 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2172 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2176 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2177 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2179 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2180 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2181 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2182 unsigned int got_gap
;
2184 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2185 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2187 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2188 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2190 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2191 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2192 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2193 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2195 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2196 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2198 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2199 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2201 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2203 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2205 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2206 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2208 /* Small local sym cache. */
2209 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2212 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2213 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2215 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2216 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2218 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr. */
2219 #define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1
2221 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2222 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2224 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2226 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2227 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2228 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2230 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2232 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2233 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2234 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2237 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2241 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2242 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2247 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2248 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2251 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2252 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2253 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2254 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2260 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2262 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2263 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2265 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2266 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2267 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2269 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2273 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2275 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2282 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2283 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2284 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2285 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2287 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2289 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2290 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2291 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2293 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2294 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2295 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2297 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2298 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2299 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2301 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2304 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2307 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2312 htab
->params
= params
;
2313 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2316 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2319 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2321 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2323 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2326 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2327 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2329 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2331 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2332 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2333 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2340 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2341 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2342 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2345 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2346 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2348 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2352 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2353 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2355 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2360 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2361 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2363 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2364 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2366 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2371 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2373 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2378 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2379 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2380 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2382 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2383 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2384 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2386 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, p2align
))
2389 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2391 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2392 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2393 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2394 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2396 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
2400 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2401 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2404 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2407 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2408 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2409 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2410 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2412 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
2415 /* Local plt entries. */
2416 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2417 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2418 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2420 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2421 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2424 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2426 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2427 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2429 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2430 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2431 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2435 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2439 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2446 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2447 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2448 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2451 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2453 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2457 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2459 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2460 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2463 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2466 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2467 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2470 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2471 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2476 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2478 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2479 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2480 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2483 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
2487 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2488 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2492 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2493 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2494 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2495 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2496 return bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
);
2499 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2502 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2503 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2506 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2508 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2509 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2511 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2512 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2514 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2515 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2516 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2517 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2518 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2519 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2520 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2522 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2523 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2526 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2528 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2530 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2531 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2533 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2534 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2535 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2539 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2540 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2542 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2543 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2550 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
2553 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
2554 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2557 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2558 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2559 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2560 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2562 /* And plt entries. */
2563 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2565 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2567 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2568 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2570 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2572 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2574 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2575 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2577 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2584 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2587 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2588 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2591 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2593 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2594 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2595 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2596 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2597 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2598 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2599 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2603 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2604 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2607 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2608 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2609 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2610 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2611 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2615 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2616 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2617 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2618 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2620 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2622 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2624 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2625 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2627 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2629 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2630 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2632 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2635 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2640 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2646 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2648 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2649 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2650 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2652 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2654 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2655 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2656 return linker_pointers
;
2661 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2664 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2665 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2666 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2667 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2669 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2670 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2671 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2674 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2676 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2679 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2681 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2682 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2683 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2688 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2692 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2694 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2695 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2697 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2700 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2703 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2704 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2709 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2712 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2713 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2718 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2721 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2722 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2723 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2724 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2725 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2727 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2730 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2731 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2732 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2733 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2735 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
->owner
, lsect
->section
, 2))
2737 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2738 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2742 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2743 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2744 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2750 static struct plt_entry
**
2751 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2752 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2753 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2756 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2757 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2758 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2760 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2762 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2764 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2765 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2766 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2767 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2768 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2770 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2773 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2774 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2775 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2776 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2777 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2778 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2782 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2783 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2785 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2789 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2790 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2794 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2795 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2800 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2801 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2804 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2808 static struct plt_entry
*
2809 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2811 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2815 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2816 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2822 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2824 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2825 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2826 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2827 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2828 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2829 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2830 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2831 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2837 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2840 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2842 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2843 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2844 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2845 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2849 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2852 /* xgettext:c-format */
2853 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2855 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2856 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2859 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2860 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2864 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2865 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2867 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2869 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2870 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2871 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2872 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2873 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2874 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2877 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2880 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2881 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2882 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2883 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2884 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2885 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2886 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2890 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2894 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2896 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2897 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2898 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2900 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2901 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2903 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2904 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2905 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2908 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2909 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2910 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2911 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2912 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2915 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2916 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2918 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2919 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2920 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2922 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2923 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2926 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2927 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2931 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2932 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2933 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2934 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2937 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2938 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2941 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2942 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2944 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2945 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2946 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2948 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2952 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2954 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2956 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2961 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2963 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2964 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2965 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2969 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2970 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2972 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2973 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2974 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2975 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2976 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2979 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2980 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2981 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2982 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2983 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2984 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2985 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2986 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2987 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
2993 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
2994 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2999 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3000 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3001 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3005 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3006 sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
= 1;
3013 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3014 its parameter symbol. */
3016 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3018 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3019 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3026 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3027 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3028 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3029 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3030 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3034 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3037 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3044 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3045 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3046 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3053 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3055 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3058 /* GOT16 relocations */
3060 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3062 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3063 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3064 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3066 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3067 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3068 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3073 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3074 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3077 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3078 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3081 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3083 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3085 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3090 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3091 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3092 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3094 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3097 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3098 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3103 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3104 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3108 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3109 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3110 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3112 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3115 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3116 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3121 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3122 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3126 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3127 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3130 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3131 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3132 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3133 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3134 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3138 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3139 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3148 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3155 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3156 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3158 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3161 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3164 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3165 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3169 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3170 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3171 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3172 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3173 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3175 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3180 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3181 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3185 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3190 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3192 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3196 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3199 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3202 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3206 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3210 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3211 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3212 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3216 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3218 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3221 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3222 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3228 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3229 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3231 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3234 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3235 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3236 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3237 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3238 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3239 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3240 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3244 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3245 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3246 section relative. */
3248 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3251 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3252 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3259 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3260 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3263 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3266 /* These are just markers. */
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3272 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3273 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3277 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3279 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3280 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3281 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3282 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3285 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3288 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3294 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3295 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3296 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3298 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3299 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3301 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3304 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3309 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3310 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3316 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3317 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3319 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
3321 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3325 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3329 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3331 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3332 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3336 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3337 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3343 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3344 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3345 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3347 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3348 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3349 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3350 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3351 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3354 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3356 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3361 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3364 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3365 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3368 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3375 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3376 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3379 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3381 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3382 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3383 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3386 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3388 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3389 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3391 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3392 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3398 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3399 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3402 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3404 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3406 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3407 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3415 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3416 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3417 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3419 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3420 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3422 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3428 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3429 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3430 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3431 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3432 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3433 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3434 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3435 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3436 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3437 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3438 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3439 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3440 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3441 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3442 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3445 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3446 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3447 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3449 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3450 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3452 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3453 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3454 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3455 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3456 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3458 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3459 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3463 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3464 "create relocation for %s\n",
3465 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3466 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3470 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3471 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3473 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3474 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3480 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3481 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3484 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3485 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3487 rel_head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
3489 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3491 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3494 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3501 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3506 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3507 We really need local syms available to do this
3509 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3510 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3511 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3514 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3516 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3521 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3525 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3526 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3527 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3529 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3531 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3533 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3536 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3539 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3553 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3554 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3556 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3558 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3559 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3560 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3561 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3563 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3564 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3566 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3567 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3569 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3571 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3572 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3573 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3577 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3579 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3580 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3583 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3586 /* xgettext:c-format */
3587 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3591 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3594 /* xgettext:c-format */
3595 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3599 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3602 /* xgettext:c-format */
3603 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3604 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3607 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3610 /* xgettext:c-format */
3611 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3612 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3616 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3617 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3620 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3622 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3623 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3626 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3629 /* xgettext:c-format */
3630 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3631 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3634 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3637 /* xgettext:c-format */
3638 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3639 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3642 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3645 /* xgettext:c-format */
3646 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3647 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3650 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3653 /* xgettext:c-format */
3654 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3655 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3662 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3668 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3669 there are conflicting attributes. */
3671 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3674 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3675 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3678 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3681 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3682 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3683 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3685 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3686 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3687 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3688 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3690 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3692 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3693 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3694 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3698 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3700 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3701 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3704 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3705 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3706 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3707 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3709 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3711 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3713 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3714 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3717 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3720 /* xgettext:c-format */
3721 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3723 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3726 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3729 /* xgettext:c-format */
3730 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3732 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3737 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3738 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3739 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3740 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3741 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3743 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3744 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3745 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3747 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3749 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3751 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3752 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3755 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3758 /* xgettext:c-format */
3759 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3760 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3761 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3764 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3767 /* xgettext:c-format */
3768 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3769 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3770 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3776 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3780 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3781 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3784 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3785 object file when linking. */
3788 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3790 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3795 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3798 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3799 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3802 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3805 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3806 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3807 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3809 /* First call, no flags set. */
3810 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3811 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3814 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3815 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3818 /* Incompatible flags. */
3821 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3822 to be linked with either. */
3824 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3825 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3829 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3830 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3832 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3833 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3837 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3838 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3841 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3842 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3843 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3845 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3846 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3847 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3848 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3849 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3850 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3852 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3853 any module uses it. */
3854 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3856 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3857 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3859 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3860 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3864 /* xgettext:c-format */
3865 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3866 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3867 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3881 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3882 asection
*input_section
,
3883 unsigned long offset
,
3886 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3889 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3891 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3892 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3893 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3894 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3895 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3896 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3897 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3899 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3902 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3905 /* xgettext:c-format */
3906 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3907 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3910 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3911 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3912 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3918 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3921 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3924 /* xgettext:c-format */
3925 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3926 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3929 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3931 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3932 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3933 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3935 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3936 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3937 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3942 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3943 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3945 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3946 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3950 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3954 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3955 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3956 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3957 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3958 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3959 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3960 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3961 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3966 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3967 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3969 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3972 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3975 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3977 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3979 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3981 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3982 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3983 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3984 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3985 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3986 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3987 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3990 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3991 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3993 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3994 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3995 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3996 r30 to be set up. */
3997 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4002 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4004 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4005 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4006 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4007 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4008 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4010 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4011 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4013 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4015 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4018 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4022 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4025 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4027 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4033 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4035 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4037 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4038 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4040 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4041 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4042 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4045 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4046 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4047 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4052 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4053 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4054 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
, 0))
4057 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4060 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4064 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4065 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4066 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4067 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4068 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4071 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4073 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4078 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4082 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4083 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4085 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4086 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4087 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4090 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4092 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4094 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4097 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4098 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4099 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4100 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4108 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4110 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4111 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4112 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4113 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4117 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4118 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4122 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4125 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4127 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4128 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4129 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4130 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4131 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4132 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4134 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4136 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4144 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4145 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4147 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4149 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4150 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4153 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4154 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4156 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4157 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4158 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4159 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4160 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4162 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4168 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4169 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4172 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4174 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4177 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4179 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4183 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4184 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4185 between the call and its destination. */
4189 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4190 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4192 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4194 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4195 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4198 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4199 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4201 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4203 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4207 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4208 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4209 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4210 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4211 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4212 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4213 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4214 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4215 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4216 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4217 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4218 together except their symbol. */
4220 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4222 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4223 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4225 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4229 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4231 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4232 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4233 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4235 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4237 /* Read the relocations. */
4238 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4240 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4243 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4244 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4246 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4247 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4249 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4250 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4251 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4253 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4254 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4257 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4258 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4261 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4263 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4264 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4269 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4273 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4276 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4279 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4280 + sec
->output_offset
4281 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4282 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4283 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4290 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4293 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4296 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4311 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4312 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4314 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4315 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4317 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4320 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4323 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4331 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4333 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4338 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4339 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4340 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4344 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4345 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4348 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4357 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4362 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4364 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4365 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4366 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4368 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4387 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4392 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4393 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4395 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4407 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4417 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4421 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4422 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4423 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4424 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4425 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4426 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4427 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4428 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4430 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4431 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4433 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4434 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4436 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4437 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4439 /* Read the relocations. */
4440 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4442 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4445 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4446 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4448 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4449 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4451 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4452 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4453 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4454 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4456 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4457 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4459 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4461 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4462 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4463 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4464 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4465 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4473 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4474 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4475 without marker relocs, then check that each
4476 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4477 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4478 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4479 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4481 && sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
4483 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4484 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4485 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4487 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4488 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4489 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4490 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4495 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4498 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4499 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4500 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4503 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4504 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4505 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4506 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4507 that turns out to be the case. */
4516 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4518 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4521 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4522 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4528 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPRELGD
;
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4534 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4535 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4540 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4548 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4549 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4552 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4554 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4555 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4556 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4560 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4561 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4562 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4563 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4564 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4567 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4570 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4571 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4572 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4575 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4576 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4582 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4593 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4594 || !sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
)
4597 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4598 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4599 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4602 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4603 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4604 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4605 the entire optimization. */
4606 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4607 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4608 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4609 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4616 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4617 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4621 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4622 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4623 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4625 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4626 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4628 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4629 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4630 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4631 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4632 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4633 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4636 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4637 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4638 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4639 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4640 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4641 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4642 Disable optimization in this case. */
4643 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4644 && !sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
4645 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4646 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4649 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
)
4651 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4654 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4655 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4656 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4657 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4658 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4660 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4661 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4663 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
4669 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4674 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4675 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4678 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4682 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4686 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4689 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4691 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4693 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4695 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
4697 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4703 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4704 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4705 size_dynamic_sections. */
4708 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4710 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4713 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4715 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4716 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4721 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4724 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4726 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4728 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4729 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4734 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4735 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4736 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4737 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4741 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4742 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4744 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4748 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4749 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4752 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4753 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4754 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4756 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4760 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4762 /* Deal with function syms. */
4763 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4764 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4767 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4768 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4769 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4770 function symbol is local. */
4771 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4772 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4774 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4775 won't need a .plt entry. */
4776 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4777 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4778 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4781 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4783 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4784 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4785 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4787 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4789 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4790 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4791 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4793 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4795 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4796 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4797 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4799 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4803 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4804 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4805 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4806 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4807 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4808 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4809 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4810 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4812 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4814 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4815 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4816 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4817 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4818 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4820 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4821 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4822 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4823 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4824 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4826 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4827 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4828 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4829 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4831 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4832 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4836 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4838 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4839 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4840 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4841 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4843 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4844 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4845 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4846 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4847 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4848 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4849 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4850 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4854 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4855 is not a function. */
4857 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4858 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4859 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4860 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4861 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4863 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4867 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4868 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4869 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4871 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4875 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4876 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4877 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4878 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4879 if (h
->protected_def
)
4881 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4882 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4883 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4884 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4885 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4886 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4890 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4891 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4894 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4895 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4896 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4897 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4898 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4900 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4901 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4902 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4904 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4907 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4908 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4909 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4910 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4911 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4912 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4913 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4914 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4915 same memory location for the variable.
4917 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4918 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4919 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4921 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4922 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4924 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4925 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4927 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4931 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4932 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4933 and into the runtime process image. */
4934 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4935 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4936 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4937 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4939 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4940 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4941 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4945 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4946 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4947 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4950 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4951 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4952 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4953 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4954 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4957 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4958 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4959 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4961 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4962 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4965 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4967 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4968 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4970 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4972 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4973 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4976 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4977 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4980 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4982 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4983 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4984 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4985 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4988 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4990 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4991 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4992 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4993 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4994 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4995 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4996 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4998 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5003 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5004 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5007 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5010 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5012 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5014 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5015 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5019 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5020 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5022 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5023 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5027 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5028 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5030 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5031 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5033 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5034 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5040 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5041 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5043 static inline unsigned int
5044 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5047 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5052 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5054 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_TPRELGD
)) != 0)
5056 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5062 /* Calculate size of relocs needed for symbol given its TLS_MASK and
5063 NEEDed GOT entries. KNOWN says a TPREL offset can be calculated at
5066 static inline unsigned int
5067 got_relocs_needed (int tls_mask
, unsigned int need
, bfd_boolean known
)
5069 /* All the entries we allocated need relocs.
5070 Except IE in executable with a local symbol. We could also omit
5071 the DTPREL reloc on the second word of a GD entry under the same
5072 condition as that for IE, but ld.so needs to differentiate
5073 LD and GD entries. */
5074 if (known
&& (tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5075 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_TPRELGD
)) != 0)
5077 return need
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5080 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5083 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5084 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5086 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5088 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5089 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5090 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5091 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5094 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5095 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5099 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5102 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5104 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5105 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5106 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5107 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5110 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5113 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5114 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5115 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5116 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5117 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5118 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5119 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5120 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5121 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5125 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5126 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5130 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5132 if (!eh
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
5133 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5134 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5135 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5136 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5140 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5142 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5145 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5146 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5147 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5148 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5149 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5150 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5153 bfd_boolean tprel_known
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
5154 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
,
5157 need
= got_relocs_needed (eh
->tls_mask
, need
, tprel_known
);
5158 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
5159 && eh
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
5160 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5161 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5162 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5163 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5169 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5171 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5172 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5173 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5174 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5175 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5177 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5178 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5179 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5180 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5182 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5183 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5184 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5185 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5187 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5190 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5191 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5192 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5193 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5195 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5197 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5198 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5199 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5200 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5201 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5202 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5203 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5205 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5207 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5209 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5218 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5220 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5222 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5224 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5231 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5233 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5234 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5238 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5240 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5241 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5243 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5245 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5246 && !(h
->protected_def
5247 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5248 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5249 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5251 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5252 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5255 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5256 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5259 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5262 /* Allocate space. */
5263 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5265 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5266 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5267 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5268 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5271 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5272 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5275 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5276 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5277 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5279 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5280 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5283 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5284 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5285 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5286 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5288 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5289 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5290 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5292 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5293 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5295 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5299 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5305 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5309 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5312 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5314 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5315 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5319 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5321 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5322 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5325 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5329 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5330 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5332 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5334 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5335 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5343 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5344 for the special first entry. */
5346 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5348 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5349 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5350 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5351 word available at the end. */
5352 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5353 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5355 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5356 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5358 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5359 file, and we are not generating a shared
5360 library, then set the symbol to this location
5361 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5362 relocations, and is required to make
5363 function pointers compare as equal between
5364 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5365 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5369 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5370 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5373 /* Make room for this entry. */
5374 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5375 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5377 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5378 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5379 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5380 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5381 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5383 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5386 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5391 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5393 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5394 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5396 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5398 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5399 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5404 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5406 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5408 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5409 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5410 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5413 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5415 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5416 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5417 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5420 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5421 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5422 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5425 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5427 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5434 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5438 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5444 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5451 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5452 read-only sections. */
5455 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *info_p
)
5459 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5462 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
5465 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) info_p
;
5467 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5468 info
->callbacks
->minfo
5469 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5470 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
5472 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5478 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5480 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5481 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5482 1, /* CIE version. */
5483 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5484 4, /* Code alignment. */
5485 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5487 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5488 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5489 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5492 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5495 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5496 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5498 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5504 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5507 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5508 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5510 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5512 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5513 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5515 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5516 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5517 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5518 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5522 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5523 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5524 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5525 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5527 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5529 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5531 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5532 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5533 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5534 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5536 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5537 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5539 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5542 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5544 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5546 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5547 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5551 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5552 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5554 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5555 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5556 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5559 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5560 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5563 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5564 handled specially by the loader. */
5566 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5568 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5570 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5571 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5572 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5573 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5574 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5576 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5577 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5578 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5584 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5588 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5589 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5590 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5591 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5592 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5593 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5595 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5599 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5600 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5601 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5603 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5606 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5607 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5610 bfd_boolean tprel_known
= bfd_link_executable (info
);
5612 need
= got_relocs_needed (*lgot_masks
, need
, tprel_known
);
5613 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5614 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5615 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5621 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5623 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5626 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5627 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5628 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5630 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5631 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5632 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5634 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5635 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5637 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5639 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5640 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5642 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5650 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5653 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5655 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5658 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5659 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5661 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5665 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5667 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5668 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5670 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5672 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5673 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5679 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5683 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5684 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5686 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5688 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5689 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5690 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5693 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5695 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5697 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5699 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5700 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5701 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5702 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5703 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5705 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5706 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5708 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5711 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5713 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5715 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5717 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5718 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5720 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5722 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5724 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5725 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5726 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5727 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5728 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5731 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5732 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5733 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5735 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5736 /* Space for the branch table. */
5738 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5739 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5740 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5742 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5744 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5746 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5747 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5748 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5751 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5753 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5754 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5755 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5756 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5757 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5758 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5759 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5761 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5763 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5764 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5767 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5769 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5770 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5771 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5772 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5773 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5774 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5775 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5777 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5782 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5783 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5784 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5785 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5786 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5788 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5789 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5790 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5793 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5798 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5799 Allocate memory for them. */
5801 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5803 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5805 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5808 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5809 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5811 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5812 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5813 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5814 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5815 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5816 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5819 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5820 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5822 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5823 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5825 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5826 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5827 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5829 /* Strip these too. */
5831 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5832 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5834 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5836 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
),
5841 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5844 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5845 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5851 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5855 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5857 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5858 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5859 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5860 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5861 before the linker maps input sections to output
5862 sections. The linker does that before
5863 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5864 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5865 into these sections. */
5866 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5870 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5873 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5874 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5875 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5879 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5881 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5882 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5883 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5884 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5885 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5886 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5887 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5889 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5891 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5895 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5897 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5898 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5899 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5900 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5904 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5905 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5906 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5908 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5910 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5911 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5912 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5913 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5919 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5920 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5921 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5925 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5926 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5927 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5928 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), maybe_set_textrel
,
5931 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5933 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5936 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5937 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5940 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5942 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5943 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5945 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5948 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5949 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5950 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5951 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5953 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5954 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5957 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5958 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5960 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5963 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5968 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5969 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5971 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5973 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5976 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5979 else if (adv
< 65536)
5981 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5982 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5987 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5988 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5991 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5994 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5995 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5998 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5999 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
6005 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
6006 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
6009 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
6011 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
6013 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
6017 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
6018 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6020 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
6021 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6023 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
6024 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6025 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
6026 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6033 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6035 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6039 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6040 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6045 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6048 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6050 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6052 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6053 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6056 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6059 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6061 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6062 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6063 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6065 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6066 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6067 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6068 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6069 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6070 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6071 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6072 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6075 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6077 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6078 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6079 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6080 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6083 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6085 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6086 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6089 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6090 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6091 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6092 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6095 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6097 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6100 struct one_branch_fixup
6102 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6104 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6105 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6111 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6112 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6113 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6114 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6115 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6116 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6117 unsigned changes
= 0;
6118 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6119 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6120 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6122 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6126 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6127 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6128 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6129 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6133 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6134 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6136 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6139 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6143 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6144 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6145 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6146 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6148 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6149 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6150 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6152 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6153 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6155 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6157 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6158 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6159 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6162 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6163 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6166 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6167 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6168 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6169 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6170 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6173 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6175 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6176 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6178 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6179 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6181 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6182 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6183 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6187 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6189 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6190 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6192 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6195 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6196 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6197 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6200 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6201 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6202 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6203 unsigned char sym_type
;
6208 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6209 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6211 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6215 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6216 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6217 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6220 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6221 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6229 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6230 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6231 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6238 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6239 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6243 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6244 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6249 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6250 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6251 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6255 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6256 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6257 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6262 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6263 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6264 branch stub in that case. */
6265 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6266 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6267 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6269 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6270 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6271 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6273 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6274 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6275 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6276 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6277 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6279 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6281 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6283 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6284 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6285 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6286 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6287 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6292 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6293 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6295 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6296 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6297 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6300 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6303 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6305 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6306 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6307 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6308 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6310 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6311 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6312 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6313 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6320 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6325 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6326 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6327 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6331 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6332 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6333 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6334 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6338 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6339 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6340 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6341 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6343 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6344 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6346 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6347 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6348 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6349 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6354 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6356 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6357 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6358 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6361 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6363 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6364 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6367 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6371 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6372 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6377 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6378 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6383 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6384 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6385 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6386 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6387 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6388 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6389 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6390 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6391 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6394 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6395 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6396 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6397 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6398 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6399 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6401 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6402 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6403 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6404 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6405 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6407 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6408 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6409 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6410 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6411 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6412 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6413 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6414 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6415 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6416 location of interest is just "sym". */
6417 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6418 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6419 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6422 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6423 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6426 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6427 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6428 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6430 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6431 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6432 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6434 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6435 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6436 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6437 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6438 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6439 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6442 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6444 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6445 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6446 fixup can be created at final link.
6447 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6448 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6449 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6450 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6451 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6454 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6455 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6456 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6457 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6458 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6459 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6461 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6463 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6464 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6465 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6466 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6470 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6471 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6472 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6478 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6480 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6481 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6482 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6483 one. We'll report an error later. */
6486 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6488 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6493 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6496 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6497 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6498 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6500 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6501 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6502 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6505 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6506 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6507 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6509 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6510 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6511 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6514 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6515 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6516 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6519 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6527 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6528 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6531 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6532 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6535 /* Get the section contents. */
6536 if (contents
== NULL
)
6538 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6539 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6540 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6541 /* Go get them off disk. */
6542 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6546 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6547 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6551 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6552 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6553 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6555 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6556 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6560 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6561 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6562 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6565 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6570 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6572 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6573 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6578 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6580 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6581 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6582 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6584 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6585 unsigned int crossings
;
6586 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6588 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6589 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6591 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6594 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6595 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6596 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6597 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6598 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6599 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6601 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6602 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6604 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6605 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6607 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6610 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6612 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6613 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6614 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6615 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6618 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6619 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6622 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6624 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6628 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6629 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6633 if (contents
!= NULL
6634 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6636 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6640 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6641 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6645 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6648 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6649 information for the trampolines. */
6650 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6651 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6652 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6657 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6658 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6659 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6661 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6663 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6665 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6666 free (internal_relocs
);
6667 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6668 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6669 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6670 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6672 else if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6673 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6674 free (internal_relocs
);
6676 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6680 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6682 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6683 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6686 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
&& (unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6688 if (contents
!= NULL
6689 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6691 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6692 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6693 free (internal_relocs
);
6697 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6698 discarded sections. */
6701 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6703 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6706 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6709 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6712 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6715 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6716 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6717 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6719 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6721 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6723 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6727 /* Handle global symbol. */
6728 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6730 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6731 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6732 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6736 /* Handle local symbol. */
6737 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6739 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6740 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6741 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6744 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6747 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6749 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6750 as a "written" flag. */
6751 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6753 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6754 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6755 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6756 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6759 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6760 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6761 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6762 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6766 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6767 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6773 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6774 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6775 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6778 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6779 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6780 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6782 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6783 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6785 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6788 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6789 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6791 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6793 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6795 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6797 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6801 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6805 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6809 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6810 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6811 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6813 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6817 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6819 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6820 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6821 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6822 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6826 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6830 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6832 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6837 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6839 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6842 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6844 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6848 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6853 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6856 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6858 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6859 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6860 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6861 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6864 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6865 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6866 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6869 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6873 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6876 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6877 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6878 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6879 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6883 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6886 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6887 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6888 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6889 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6890 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6891 insn
= (32 | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6892 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6893 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6894 insn
= ((58 | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6895 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6897 insn
= (58 << 26) | 2;
6904 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6905 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6906 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6909 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6911 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6912 && ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6913 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6914 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6915 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6916 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6917 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6918 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6919 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6920 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6921 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6922 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6923 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6924 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6925 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6926 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6927 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6929 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6930 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6932 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6934 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6935 && ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6936 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6937 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6939 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6940 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6941 if ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6942 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6950 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6952 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6953 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6954 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6955 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6959 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6961 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6962 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6963 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6966 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6967 to handle the relocations for a section.
6969 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6970 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6973 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6974 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6975 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6978 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6979 address or the reloc symbol index.
6981 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6983 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6984 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6986 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6987 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6989 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6990 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6991 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6992 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6996 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6997 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6999 asection
*input_section
,
7001 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7002 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7003 asection
**local_sections
)
7005 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7007 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7008 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7009 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
7010 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7011 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
7013 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
7014 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
7015 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
7016 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
7017 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
7018 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
7021 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7022 "%ld relocations%s",
7023 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7024 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
7025 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7028 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7030 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7034 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7036 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7037 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7038 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7040 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7041 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7042 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7043 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7044 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7045 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7046 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7047 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7049 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7050 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7051 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7052 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7053 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7055 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7057 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7058 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7060 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7061 const char *sym_name
;
7062 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7063 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7065 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7066 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7068 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7069 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7070 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7073 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7077 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7079 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7081 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7083 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7084 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7085 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7087 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7091 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7093 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7094 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7096 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7098 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7101 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7103 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7104 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7105 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7107 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7108 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7110 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7111 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7112 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7116 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7117 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7118 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7119 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7120 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7121 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7127 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7130 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7131 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7133 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7134 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7135 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7137 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7138 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7139 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7143 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7144 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7145 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7146 for the final instruction stream. */
7150 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7151 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7153 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7156 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7157 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7158 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7161 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7162 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7163 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7164 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7165 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7166 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7167 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7168 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7169 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7176 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7177 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7178 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7179 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7183 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7184 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7186 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7187 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7188 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7189 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7190 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7195 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7196 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7200 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7201 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7204 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7205 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7206 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7208 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7209 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7210 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7214 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7215 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7216 tls_gd
= TLS_TPRELGD
;
7217 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7221 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7222 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7223 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7226 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7227 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7228 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7231 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7232 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7233 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7235 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7239 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7240 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7241 tls_gd
= TLS_TPRELGD
;
7242 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7246 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7247 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7248 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7250 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7254 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7255 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7256 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7257 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7258 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7259 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7260 if (input_section
->has_tls_get_addr_call
7262 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7263 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7264 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7265 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7266 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7267 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7268 intervening code. */
7269 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7270 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7271 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7274 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7275 insn1
|= 32 << 26; /* lwz */
7276 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7278 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7279 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7280 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7282 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7283 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7284 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7289 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7290 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7293 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7295 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7297 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7299 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7300 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7301 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7302 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7303 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7304 + sec
->output_offset
7305 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7307 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7308 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7309 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7311 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7312 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7313 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7314 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7319 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7322 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7323 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7330 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7331 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7334 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7336 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7338 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7339 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7343 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPRELGD
) != 0)
7346 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7347 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7352 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7353 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7354 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7356 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7357 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7358 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7359 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7360 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7365 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7366 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7370 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7372 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7373 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7378 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7380 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7382 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7383 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7384 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7385 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7386 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7387 + sec
->output_offset
7388 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7390 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7391 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7392 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7393 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7394 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7395 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7396 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7397 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7403 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7410 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7411 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7412 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7413 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7416 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7417 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7418 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7422 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7423 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7426 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7427 + input_section
->output_offset
7428 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7430 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7431 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7432 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7434 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7438 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7442 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7443 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7444 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26
7445 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7447 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7449 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7450 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7451 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7452 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7455 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7456 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7457 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7458 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7459 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7464 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7468 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7469 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7470 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7472 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7473 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7476 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7478 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7479 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7480 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7481 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7487 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7488 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7489 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7491 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7492 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7493 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7494 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7495 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7497 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7498 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7499 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7500 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7501 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7502 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7503 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7504 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7506 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7507 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7509 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7511 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7512 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7513 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7514 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7516 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7517 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7519 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7520 output is reasonable. */
7521 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7523 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7524 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7525 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7527 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7529 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7533 /* xgettext:c-format */
7534 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7535 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7536 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7537 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7539 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7541 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7542 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7543 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7544 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7545 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7546 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7547 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7548 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7549 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7550 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7551 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7552 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7553 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7554 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7555 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7556 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7557 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7559 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7560 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7562 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7564 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7565 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7569 /* xgettext:c-format */
7570 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7571 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7572 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7573 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7578 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7580 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7584 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7585 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7587 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7588 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7590 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7592 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7593 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7594 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7599 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7600 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7601 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7602 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7603 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7606 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7607 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7608 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7609 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7610 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7611 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7612 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7616 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7618 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7619 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7621 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7623 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7624 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7625 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7626 apparently are using code compiled with
7627 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7628 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7629 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7630 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7632 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7633 /* xgettext:c-format */
7634 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7635 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7638 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7639 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7640 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7642 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7643 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7644 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7645 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7647 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7648 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7653 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7654 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7656 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7657 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7664 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7665 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7667 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7668 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7669 if ((insn
& ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7670 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7671 /* xgettext:c-format */
7672 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7673 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7674 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7676 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7680 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7681 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7683 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7684 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7685 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7687 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7696 /* xgettext:c-format */
7697 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7698 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7700 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7708 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7709 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7710 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7713 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7714 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7715 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7716 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7718 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7719 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7720 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7721 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7724 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7725 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7726 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7727 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7728 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7731 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7732 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7733 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7734 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7735 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7738 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7739 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7740 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7741 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7742 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7746 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7747 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7748 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7752 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7758 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7762 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7764 || !h
->def_dynamic
))
7765 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7768 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7770 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7771 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7772 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7773 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7774 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7775 because of a version file. */
7780 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7782 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7786 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7788 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7791 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7792 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7793 processed this entry. */
7799 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7800 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7801 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_TPRELGD
)
7804 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7810 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7811 Initialize them all. */
7816 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7818 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7821 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7823 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7826 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7828 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7829 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7831 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_TPRELGD
)) != 0)
7833 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7837 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7839 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7841 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)
7842 || offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7843 && !(tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
)
7844 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7845 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7847 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7852 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7854 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7855 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7856 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7858 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7859 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7861 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7862 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7864 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7865 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7867 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7868 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7869 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7870 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7872 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7874 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7877 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7878 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7879 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7880 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7882 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7883 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7884 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7886 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7887 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7889 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7890 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7892 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7893 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7895 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7898 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7899 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7900 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7901 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7904 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7905 emitting a reloc. */
7908 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7912 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7916 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7919 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7920 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7921 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7924 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7926 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7927 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7931 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7932 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7936 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7945 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7948 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7950 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7952 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7954 || !h
->def_dynamic
))
7956 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7958 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7960 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7962 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7969 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7970 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7973 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7974 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7976 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7978 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7979 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7980 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7981 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7983 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7984 /* xgettext:c-format */
7985 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7986 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7992 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7993 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7994 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7995 at a symbol not in this object. */
7996 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7998 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7999 h
->root
.root
.string
,
8006 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
8008 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
8009 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
8010 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
8011 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
8012 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
8013 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
8014 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
8015 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
8016 /* xgettext:c-format */
8017 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
8018 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8019 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8023 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8024 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8025 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
8026 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8027 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8028 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8031 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8034 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8035 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8036 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8038 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8039 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
8041 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8042 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8043 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8044 defined before using them. */
8045 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8046 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8047 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8049 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8052 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8053 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8054 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8055 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8056 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8060 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8061 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8064 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8065 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8066 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8069 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8075 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8076 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8077 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8078 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8082 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8088 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8089 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8090 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8095 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8096 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8097 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8100 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8101 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8102 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8103 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8104 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8105 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8111 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8112 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8113 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8118 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8122 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8124 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8125 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8126 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8128 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8136 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8137 "create relocation for %s\n",
8138 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8139 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8142 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8143 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8146 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8149 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8150 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8151 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8152 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8153 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8156 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8157 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8160 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8161 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8162 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8163 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8167 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8169 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8173 /* If we get here when building a static
8174 executable, then the libc startup function
8175 responsible for applying indirect function
8176 relocations is going to complain about
8178 If we get here when building a dynamic
8179 executable, it will be because we have
8180 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8181 will set the text segment writable and
8182 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8183 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8184 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8185 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8186 /* xgettext:c-format */
8187 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8188 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8189 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8194 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8196 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8198 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8205 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8206 against a section symbol. It would be
8207 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8208 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8209 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8210 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8211 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8212 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8215 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8216 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8218 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8221 printf ("indx=%ld section=%s flags=%08x name=%s\n",
8222 indx
, osec
->name
, osec
->flags
,
8223 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8227 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8229 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8230 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8232 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8235 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8238 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8240 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8241 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8242 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8247 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8248 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8249 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8254 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8255 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8258 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8265 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8266 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8269 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8270 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8272 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8274 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8275 got2_addend
= addend
;
8278 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8279 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8280 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8281 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8282 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8284 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8285 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8294 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8297 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8299 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8300 + input_section
->output_offset
8301 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8302 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8304 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8305 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8307 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8312 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8315 relocation
+= addend
;
8316 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8319 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8321 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8322 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8326 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8335 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8339 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8340 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8341 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8342 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8343 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8344 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8345 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8346 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8348 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8349 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8353 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8354 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8355 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8356 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8358 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8362 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8363 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8367 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8368 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8369 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8370 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8372 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8376 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8377 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8381 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8382 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8383 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8384 AIX .toc section. */
8385 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8386 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8388 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8391 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec
->owner
, sec
),
8393 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec
->owner
, sec
),
8396 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8399 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8400 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8402 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8404 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8405 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8407 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8409 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8410 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8411 using -Bsymbolic. */
8415 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8416 procedure linkage table. */
8417 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8418 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8419 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8420 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8421 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8423 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8424 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8429 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8430 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8431 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8437 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8438 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8439 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8442 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8443 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8445 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8447 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8448 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8449 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8450 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8452 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8453 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8455 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8457 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8458 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8459 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8463 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8464 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8465 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8467 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8470 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8472 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8474 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8475 + plt
->output_offset
8477 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8481 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8483 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8484 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8486 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8494 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8495 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8498 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8501 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8502 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8504 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8507 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8509 name
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
);
8510 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8511 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8514 /* xgettext:c-format */
8515 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8516 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8525 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8526 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8529 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8532 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8533 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8535 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8538 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8540 name
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
);
8541 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8542 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8545 /* xgettext:c-format */
8546 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8547 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8556 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8557 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8558 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8559 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8560 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8563 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8564 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8565 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8566 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8567 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8570 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8571 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8572 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8573 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8574 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8577 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8578 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8579 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8580 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8581 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8584 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8585 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8586 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8587 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8588 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8591 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8592 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8593 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8594 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8595 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8598 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8599 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8600 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8601 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8602 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8607 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8609 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8611 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8615 name
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
);
8616 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8617 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8620 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8622 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8623 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8626 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8628 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8629 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8636 /* xgettext:c-format */
8637 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8638 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8644 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8651 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8653 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8656 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8659 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8661 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8662 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8664 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8667 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8671 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8672 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8673 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8674 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8675 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8676 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8677 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8679 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8681 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8682 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8686 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8687 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8688 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
)
8690 /* Fill in register field. */
8691 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8693 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8697 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8698 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8699 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8700 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8701 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8702 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8706 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8708 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8710 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8714 name
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
);
8715 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8716 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8717 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8718 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8719 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8720 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8724 /* xgettext:c-format */
8725 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8726 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8732 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8737 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8739 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8742 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8744 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8745 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8746 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8748 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8749 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8750 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8751 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8753 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8754 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8756 value
= value
>> 16;
8757 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8758 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8760 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8762 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8764 value
= value
>> 16;
8765 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8766 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8768 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8770 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8772 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8773 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8774 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8776 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8778 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8780 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8781 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8782 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8784 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8789 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8790 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8793 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8795 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8796 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8797 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8798 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8800 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8803 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8806 /* Negative relocations. */
8807 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8808 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8809 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8810 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8811 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8812 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8816 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8817 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8818 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8819 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8821 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8823 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8824 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8825 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8826 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8827 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8828 /* xgettext:c-format */
8829 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8830 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8843 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8845 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8846 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8848 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8849 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8850 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8851 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8853 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8854 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8855 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8856 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8861 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8862 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8863 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8865 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8866 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8867 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8868 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8869 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8871 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8872 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8873 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8874 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8879 /* Do any further special processing. */
8885 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8886 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8887 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8888 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8889 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8890 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8891 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8892 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8893 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8894 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8895 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8896 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8901 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8902 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8903 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8904 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8905 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8906 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8907 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8908 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8913 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8915 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8916 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8918 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8919 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8920 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8922 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8923 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8924 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8925 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8926 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8927 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8928 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8929 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8930 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8932 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8933 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8934 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8935 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8937 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8938 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8940 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8942 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8946 relocation
+= addend
;
8947 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8948 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8951 relocation
^= lobit
;
8952 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8953 /* xgettext:c-format */
8954 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8955 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8956 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8957 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8965 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8966 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8971 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8975 if (unresolved_reloc
8976 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8978 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8979 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8981 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8982 /* xgettext:c-format */
8983 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8984 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8990 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8991 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8992 have different reloc types. */
8993 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8994 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8995 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8997 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8999 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
9003 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
9004 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9005 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
9006 else if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9007 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9008 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9009 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9011 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9014 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9019 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9021 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9022 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
9023 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9028 relocation
+= addend
;
9029 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9030 + input_section
->output_offset
9031 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9033 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9035 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9036 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9041 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9042 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9044 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9046 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9049 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9050 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9053 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9054 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9055 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9056 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9057 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9058 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9062 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9063 /* xgettext:c-format */
9064 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9065 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9066 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9077 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9078 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9080 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9081 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9082 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9084 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9086 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9087 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9092 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9093 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9094 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9098 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9101 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9102 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9103 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9104 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9106 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9107 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9108 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9111 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9112 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9113 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9114 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9115 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9117 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9118 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9120 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9126 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9127 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9128 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9131 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9136 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9137 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9138 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9139 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9140 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9142 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9143 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9144 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9145 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9146 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9150 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9151 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9152 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9153 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9156 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9164 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9165 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9167 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9171 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9188 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9189 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9190 avoid the icache failure.
9192 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9193 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9194 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9195 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9196 unconditional branches:
9197 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9198 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9199 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9200 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9201 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9202 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9203 instruction is not executed.
9208 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9215 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9216 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9217 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9218 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9219 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9220 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9223 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9224 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9227 . nop b somewhere_else
9228 . b somewhere_else nop
9229 . new_page: new_page:
9231 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9232 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9233 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9234 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9235 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9236 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9237 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9240 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9241 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9242 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9243 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9244 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9247 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9248 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9252 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9253 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9254 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9255 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9257 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9259 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9260 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9263 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9265 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9266 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9269 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9270 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9271 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9272 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9278 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9279 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9280 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9281 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9284 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9287 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9288 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9289 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9290 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9293 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9294 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9296 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9298 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9302 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9304 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9305 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9308 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9309 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9319 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9320 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9322 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9324 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9325 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9327 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9329 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9331 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9332 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9333 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9334 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9335 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9337 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9339 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9340 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9341 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9342 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9343 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9345 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9347 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9348 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9349 contents
+ patch_off
);
9351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9352 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9353 contents
+ patch_off
);
9360 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9362 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9363 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9365 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9366 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9367 contents
+ patch_off
);
9369 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9370 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9371 contents
+ patch_off
);
9373 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9374 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9375 contents
+ patch_off
);
9381 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9383 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9384 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9385 contents
+ patch_off
);
9388 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9389 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9396 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9399 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9401 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9402 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9403 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9404 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9407 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9408 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9412 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9414 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9415 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9416 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9418 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9419 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9420 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9421 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9424 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9425 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9426 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9427 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9428 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9431 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9433 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9434 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9435 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9438 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9440 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9441 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9443 /* Use the right PLT. */
9444 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9445 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9447 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9448 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9450 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9451 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9452 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9453 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9454 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9455 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9459 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9461 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9462 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9463 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9464 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9465 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9466 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9469 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9470 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9471 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9472 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9474 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9475 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9476 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9477 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9478 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9479 prescaled offset. */
9480 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9481 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9482 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9483 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9484 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9485 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9486 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9487 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9489 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9491 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9492 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9493 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9494 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9495 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9496 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9498 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9499 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9500 in this PLT entry. */
9501 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9502 + plt
->output_offset
9503 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9504 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9506 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9508 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9509 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9510 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9511 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9512 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9514 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9515 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9516 + plt
->output_offset
9517 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9518 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9520 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9521 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9522 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9524 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9525 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9526 + plt
->output_offset
9527 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9528 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9530 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9531 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9532 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9534 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9535 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9536 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9537 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9539 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9541 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9542 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9545 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9546 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9547 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9548 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9549 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9550 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9551 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9558 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9559 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9561 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9563 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9564 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9568 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9569 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9572 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9573 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9574 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9579 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9580 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9584 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9585 + plt
->output_offset
9588 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9589 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9590 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9592 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9593 linker will fill it in. */
9597 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9598 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9599 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9600 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9601 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9608 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9609 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9610 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9612 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9613 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9615 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9616 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9617 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9618 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9622 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9623 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9624 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9625 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9626 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9628 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9633 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9634 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9635 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9638 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9640 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9641 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9643 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9644 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9649 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9650 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9652 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9653 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9662 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9665 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9667 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9673 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9675 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9677 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9678 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9679 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9680 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9681 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9682 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9684 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9687 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9691 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9692 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9693 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9694 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9695 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9696 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9697 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9699 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9701 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9703 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9706 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9708 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9709 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9711 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9712 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9717 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9718 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9719 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9721 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9723 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9724 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9725 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9726 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9730 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9731 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9733 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9734 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9738 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9739 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9744 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9745 + plt
->output_offset
9746 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9747 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9748 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9749 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9750 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9752 if ((ent
->glink_offset
& 1) == 0)
9754 unsigned char *p
= ((unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
9755 + ent
->glink_offset
);
9757 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9758 ent
->glink_offset
|= 1;
9762 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9763 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9765 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9768 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9774 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9775 dynamic sections here. */
9778 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9779 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9780 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9781 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9783 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9784 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9787 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9788 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9792 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9793 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9794 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9796 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9798 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9799 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9800 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9801 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9802 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9803 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9805 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9806 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9808 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9810 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9811 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9812 function pointer. */
9818 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9819 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9820 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9821 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9822 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9823 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9826 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9827 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9828 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9829 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9830 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9838 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9841 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9844 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9847 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9849 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9851 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9852 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9854 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9855 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9857 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9858 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9860 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9861 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9865 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9871 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9872 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9873 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9874 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9876 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9878 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9879 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9881 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9883 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9884 return reloc_class_relative
;
9885 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9886 return reloc_class_plt
;
9888 return reloc_class_copy
;
9890 return reloc_class_normal
;
9894 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9897 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9898 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9901 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9904 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9907 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9910 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9911 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9912 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9915 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9916 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9918 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9920 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9922 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9924 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9925 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9926 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9928 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9931 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9936 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9937 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9940 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9944 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9948 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9949 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9953 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9957 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9958 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9959 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9960 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9961 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9962 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9963 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9964 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9968 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9969 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9974 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9978 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9979 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9981 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9982 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9984 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9986 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9987 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9989 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9990 so that a function can easily find the address of
9991 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9992 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9993 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9994 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9999 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
10000 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
10001 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
10002 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
10007 /* xgettext:c-format */
10008 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10009 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
10010 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
10011 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10012 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10016 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10019 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10020 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10021 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10022 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10023 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10025 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10026 /* Use the right PLT. */
10027 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10028 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10029 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10031 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10033 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10036 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10038 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10045 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10046 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10047 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10052 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10054 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10057 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10059 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10060 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10061 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10063 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10065 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10066 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10068 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10069 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10070 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10072 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10074 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10075 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10077 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10078 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10079 in which symbols were output. */
10080 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10082 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10084 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10085 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10087 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10089 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10090 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10091 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10092 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10094 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10095 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10096 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10097 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10102 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10103 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10104 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10107 unsigned char *endp
;
10111 * PIC glink code is the following:
10113 * # ith PLT code stub.
10114 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10115 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10119 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10120 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10121 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10122 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10123 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10125 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10131 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10134 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10137 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10138 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10139 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10140 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10143 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10146 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10148 * # ith PLT code stub.
10149 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10150 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10154 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10157 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10158 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10159 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10160 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10163 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10164 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10168 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10169 and perhaps some padding. */
10170 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10171 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10172 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10173 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10174 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10176 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10181 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10185 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10186 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10187 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10189 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10191 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10192 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10193 glink branch table. */
10194 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10196 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10197 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10199 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10200 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10201 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10203 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10207 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10208 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10211 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10212 one other call stub before this one. */
10213 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10215 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10222 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10223 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10224 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10228 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10229 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10230 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10242 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10248 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10250 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10252 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10257 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10262 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10268 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10272 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10283 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10295 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10296 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10299 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10302 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10303 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10305 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10308 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10313 /* Offset to .glink. */
10314 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10315 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10316 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10317 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10318 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10319 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10321 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10322 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10323 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10324 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10331 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10332 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10333 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10334 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10335 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10336 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10337 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10338 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10339 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10340 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10341 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10343 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10344 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10348 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10351 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10352 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10353 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10354 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10355 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10356 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10358 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10359 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10360 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10361 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10362 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10363 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10364 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10365 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10367 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10368 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10369 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10370 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10371 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10372 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10373 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10374 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10375 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10376 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10377 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10378 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10379 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10380 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10381 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10382 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10383 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10384 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10385 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10386 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10387 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10388 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10389 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10390 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10391 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10392 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10393 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10394 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10395 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10397 #include "elf32-target.h"
10399 /* FreeBSD Target */
10401 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10402 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10404 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10405 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10406 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10407 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10410 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10413 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10415 #include "elf32-target.h"
10417 /* VxWorks Target */
10419 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10420 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10422 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10423 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10424 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10425 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10429 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10430 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10431 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10433 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10436 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10437 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10439 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10442 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10443 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10444 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10445 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10447 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10449 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10452 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10453 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10454 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10455 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10456 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10457 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10458 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10463 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10465 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10466 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10467 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10468 const char **namep
,
10473 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10477 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10481 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean linker
)
10483 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
, linker
);
10484 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
, linker
);
10487 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10489 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10490 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10491 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10492 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10493 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10494 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10495 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10496 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10497 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10498 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10499 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10500 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10501 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10502 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10504 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10506 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10507 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10508 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10509 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10510 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10511 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10512 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10513 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10514 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10515 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10516 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10517 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10518 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10519 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10520 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10521 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10522 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10523 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10526 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10527 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
10529 #include "elf32-target.h"